eran6.0 documentation improvement

50
www.huawei.com eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement Documentation Dept, WN 2013-04

Upload: others

Post on 05-Dec-2021

26 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

wwwhuaweicom

eRAN60 Documentation Improvement

Documentation Dept WN

2013-04

Page 2 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement

1

2

3 One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

Page 3 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Customer Voice

Customer Voice Huawei Action

Features do not have engineering guidelines Wersquove enhanced our Engineering Guidelines in the Feature

Parameter Description The new guidelines contain planning

deploying and maintain features

The definition of frequency diversity scheduling and frequency

selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter

Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing

Wersquove add Figures more Explicit description and clearer

application scenario in Feature Parameter Description

Non complete hardware spec and some information is missing Wersquove add more specification information in Technical

Description and Hardware Description to make it easy for

customers to find the complete information of hardware

specification

The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in

IPSec scenario there lacks information

Wersquove add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the

information needed when deploy a site The document is

packaged in the Commissioning Guide

Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as Wersquove add more configuration scenarios in Reconfiguration

Guide

Page 4 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Application Scenarios of Wireless Documents

Focus on Improvement

Page 5 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 6 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Continuous Feature-Oriented Improvements

Engineering Guidelines is added in Feature Parameter Description to describe how to PLAN DEPLOY and MAINTAIN features

Network Impact Report is added to describe the impact on the network of newmodified features Related Counter list is added in Feature Parameter Description

Feature delivered at 3 points (PDCP TR5 and GA) instead of 1 point previously

Feature information classified as a doc category

2008 2009

2011

2012

2010

Mapping of Feature ID to Feature Parameter Description is added Related Parameter lists are added in Feature Parameter Description

2013

License control item list is added in Feature Documentation Improving the descriptions about key feature algorithm Related alarm list is added in the troubleshooting chapter of Feature Parameter Description

Page 7 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2012 New Feature Engineering Guidelines

RF planning

Planning Suggestions

Plan the Feature Deploy the Feature Maintain the Feature

Network planning

Hardware planning

Hardware Adjustment

Data Preparation

Feature Activation

Reconfiguration

Feature Deactivation

Performance Monitoring

Parameter Optimization

Troubleshooting

Implemented in SRAN60 (GBSS130 RAN130 eRAN21) SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Feature Documentation

Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information

Action

bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature

New

Feature Documentation

Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference

About This Document

Overview

Introduction

Benefits

Architecture

Technical Description Related Features

Network Impact

System Capacity

Network Performance

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting Parameters

Counters

Improved the unclear feature definition and

benefit

bull Improved add figures to rich the

technical description

bull Improved more Explicit description and

clearer application scenario

Improved more Practical Troubleshooting

Improved add alarm list

Improved more Valuable Data Preparation

Improved add the missing feature

monitoring

Feature Documentation

Feature Parameter Description

Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit

eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD

including the feature introduction benefits and architecture

improve the unclear definition and benefits

Feature Documentation

Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description

Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource

allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective

scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and

frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter

Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing

Feature Documentation

Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario

eRAN30

Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling

Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate

VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment

algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this

value

Vague description

Explicit description

bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10

bull Which scenarios apply this value

eRAN60

Feature Documentation

Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Valuable Data Preparation

Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter

Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give

more parameter setting advise help to decide that the

parameter is set small value or large value

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the

CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small

Feature Documentation

Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Practical Troubleshooting

Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter

Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual

field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some

fault

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not

guide the actual troubleshooting

Feature Documentation

Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated

Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN

Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add Alarm Lists

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting

New

Feature Documentation

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 2: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 2 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement

1

2

3 One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

Page 3 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Customer Voice

Customer Voice Huawei Action

Features do not have engineering guidelines Wersquove enhanced our Engineering Guidelines in the Feature

Parameter Description The new guidelines contain planning

deploying and maintain features

The definition of frequency diversity scheduling and frequency

selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter

Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing

Wersquove add Figures more Explicit description and clearer

application scenario in Feature Parameter Description

Non complete hardware spec and some information is missing Wersquove add more specification information in Technical

Description and Hardware Description to make it easy for

customers to find the complete information of hardware

specification

The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in

IPSec scenario there lacks information

Wersquove add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the

information needed when deploy a site The document is

packaged in the Commissioning Guide

Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as Wersquove add more configuration scenarios in Reconfiguration

Guide

Page 4 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Application Scenarios of Wireless Documents

Focus on Improvement

Page 5 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 6 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Continuous Feature-Oriented Improvements

Engineering Guidelines is added in Feature Parameter Description to describe how to PLAN DEPLOY and MAINTAIN features

Network Impact Report is added to describe the impact on the network of newmodified features Related Counter list is added in Feature Parameter Description

Feature delivered at 3 points (PDCP TR5 and GA) instead of 1 point previously

Feature information classified as a doc category

2008 2009

2011

2012

2010

Mapping of Feature ID to Feature Parameter Description is added Related Parameter lists are added in Feature Parameter Description

2013

License control item list is added in Feature Documentation Improving the descriptions about key feature algorithm Related alarm list is added in the troubleshooting chapter of Feature Parameter Description

Page 7 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2012 New Feature Engineering Guidelines

RF planning

Planning Suggestions

Plan the Feature Deploy the Feature Maintain the Feature

Network planning

Hardware planning

Hardware Adjustment

Data Preparation

Feature Activation

Reconfiguration

Feature Deactivation

Performance Monitoring

Parameter Optimization

Troubleshooting

Implemented in SRAN60 (GBSS130 RAN130 eRAN21) SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Feature Documentation

Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information

Action

bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature

New

Feature Documentation

Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference

About This Document

Overview

Introduction

Benefits

Architecture

Technical Description Related Features

Network Impact

System Capacity

Network Performance

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting Parameters

Counters

Improved the unclear feature definition and

benefit

bull Improved add figures to rich the

technical description

bull Improved more Explicit description and

clearer application scenario

Improved more Practical Troubleshooting

Improved add alarm list

Improved more Valuable Data Preparation

Improved add the missing feature

monitoring

Feature Documentation

Feature Parameter Description

Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit

eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD

including the feature introduction benefits and architecture

improve the unclear definition and benefits

Feature Documentation

Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description

Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource

allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective

scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and

frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter

Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing

Feature Documentation

Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario

eRAN30

Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling

Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate

VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment

algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this

value

Vague description

Explicit description

bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10

bull Which scenarios apply this value

eRAN60

Feature Documentation

Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Valuable Data Preparation

Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter

Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give

more parameter setting advise help to decide that the

parameter is set small value or large value

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the

CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small

Feature Documentation

Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Practical Troubleshooting

Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter

Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual

field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some

fault

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not

guide the actual troubleshooting

Feature Documentation

Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated

Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN

Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add Alarm Lists

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting

New

Feature Documentation

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 3: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 3 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Customer Voice

Customer Voice Huawei Action

Features do not have engineering guidelines Wersquove enhanced our Engineering Guidelines in the Feature

Parameter Description The new guidelines contain planning

deploying and maintain features

The definition of frequency diversity scheduling and frequency

selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter

Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing

Wersquove add Figures more Explicit description and clearer

application scenario in Feature Parameter Description

Non complete hardware spec and some information is missing Wersquove add more specification information in Technical

Description and Hardware Description to make it easy for

customers to find the complete information of hardware

specification

The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in

IPSec scenario there lacks information

Wersquove add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the

information needed when deploy a site The document is

packaged in the Commissioning Guide

Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as Wersquove add more configuration scenarios in Reconfiguration

Guide

Page 4 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Application Scenarios of Wireless Documents

Focus on Improvement

Page 5 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 6 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Continuous Feature-Oriented Improvements

Engineering Guidelines is added in Feature Parameter Description to describe how to PLAN DEPLOY and MAINTAIN features

Network Impact Report is added to describe the impact on the network of newmodified features Related Counter list is added in Feature Parameter Description

Feature delivered at 3 points (PDCP TR5 and GA) instead of 1 point previously

Feature information classified as a doc category

2008 2009

2011

2012

2010

Mapping of Feature ID to Feature Parameter Description is added Related Parameter lists are added in Feature Parameter Description

2013

License control item list is added in Feature Documentation Improving the descriptions about key feature algorithm Related alarm list is added in the troubleshooting chapter of Feature Parameter Description

Page 7 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2012 New Feature Engineering Guidelines

RF planning

Planning Suggestions

Plan the Feature Deploy the Feature Maintain the Feature

Network planning

Hardware planning

Hardware Adjustment

Data Preparation

Feature Activation

Reconfiguration

Feature Deactivation

Performance Monitoring

Parameter Optimization

Troubleshooting

Implemented in SRAN60 (GBSS130 RAN130 eRAN21) SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Feature Documentation

Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information

Action

bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature

New

Feature Documentation

Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference

About This Document

Overview

Introduction

Benefits

Architecture

Technical Description Related Features

Network Impact

System Capacity

Network Performance

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting Parameters

Counters

Improved the unclear feature definition and

benefit

bull Improved add figures to rich the

technical description

bull Improved more Explicit description and

clearer application scenario

Improved more Practical Troubleshooting

Improved add alarm list

Improved more Valuable Data Preparation

Improved add the missing feature

monitoring

Feature Documentation

Feature Parameter Description

Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit

eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD

including the feature introduction benefits and architecture

improve the unclear definition and benefits

Feature Documentation

Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description

Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource

allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective

scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and

frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter

Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing

Feature Documentation

Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario

eRAN30

Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling

Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate

VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment

algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this

value

Vague description

Explicit description

bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10

bull Which scenarios apply this value

eRAN60

Feature Documentation

Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Valuable Data Preparation

Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter

Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give

more parameter setting advise help to decide that the

parameter is set small value or large value

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the

CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small

Feature Documentation

Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Practical Troubleshooting

Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter

Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual

field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some

fault

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not

guide the actual troubleshooting

Feature Documentation

Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated

Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN

Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add Alarm Lists

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting

New

Feature Documentation

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 4: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 4 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Application Scenarios of Wireless Documents

Focus on Improvement

Page 5 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 6 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Continuous Feature-Oriented Improvements

Engineering Guidelines is added in Feature Parameter Description to describe how to PLAN DEPLOY and MAINTAIN features

Network Impact Report is added to describe the impact on the network of newmodified features Related Counter list is added in Feature Parameter Description

Feature delivered at 3 points (PDCP TR5 and GA) instead of 1 point previously

Feature information classified as a doc category

2008 2009

2011

2012

2010

Mapping of Feature ID to Feature Parameter Description is added Related Parameter lists are added in Feature Parameter Description

2013

License control item list is added in Feature Documentation Improving the descriptions about key feature algorithm Related alarm list is added in the troubleshooting chapter of Feature Parameter Description

Page 7 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2012 New Feature Engineering Guidelines

RF planning

Planning Suggestions

Plan the Feature Deploy the Feature Maintain the Feature

Network planning

Hardware planning

Hardware Adjustment

Data Preparation

Feature Activation

Reconfiguration

Feature Deactivation

Performance Monitoring

Parameter Optimization

Troubleshooting

Implemented in SRAN60 (GBSS130 RAN130 eRAN21) SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Feature Documentation

Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information

Action

bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature

New

Feature Documentation

Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference

About This Document

Overview

Introduction

Benefits

Architecture

Technical Description Related Features

Network Impact

System Capacity

Network Performance

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting Parameters

Counters

Improved the unclear feature definition and

benefit

bull Improved add figures to rich the

technical description

bull Improved more Explicit description and

clearer application scenario

Improved more Practical Troubleshooting

Improved add alarm list

Improved more Valuable Data Preparation

Improved add the missing feature

monitoring

Feature Documentation

Feature Parameter Description

Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit

eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD

including the feature introduction benefits and architecture

improve the unclear definition and benefits

Feature Documentation

Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description

Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource

allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective

scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and

frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter

Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing

Feature Documentation

Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario

eRAN30

Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling

Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate

VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment

algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this

value

Vague description

Explicit description

bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10

bull Which scenarios apply this value

eRAN60

Feature Documentation

Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Valuable Data Preparation

Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter

Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give

more parameter setting advise help to decide that the

parameter is set small value or large value

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the

CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small

Feature Documentation

Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Practical Troubleshooting

Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter

Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual

field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some

fault

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not

guide the actual troubleshooting

Feature Documentation

Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated

Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN

Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add Alarm Lists

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting

New

Feature Documentation

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 5: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 5 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 6 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Continuous Feature-Oriented Improvements

Engineering Guidelines is added in Feature Parameter Description to describe how to PLAN DEPLOY and MAINTAIN features

Network Impact Report is added to describe the impact on the network of newmodified features Related Counter list is added in Feature Parameter Description

Feature delivered at 3 points (PDCP TR5 and GA) instead of 1 point previously

Feature information classified as a doc category

2008 2009

2011

2012

2010

Mapping of Feature ID to Feature Parameter Description is added Related Parameter lists are added in Feature Parameter Description

2013

License control item list is added in Feature Documentation Improving the descriptions about key feature algorithm Related alarm list is added in the troubleshooting chapter of Feature Parameter Description

Page 7 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2012 New Feature Engineering Guidelines

RF planning

Planning Suggestions

Plan the Feature Deploy the Feature Maintain the Feature

Network planning

Hardware planning

Hardware Adjustment

Data Preparation

Feature Activation

Reconfiguration

Feature Deactivation

Performance Monitoring

Parameter Optimization

Troubleshooting

Implemented in SRAN60 (GBSS130 RAN130 eRAN21) SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Feature Documentation

Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information

Action

bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature

New

Feature Documentation

Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference

About This Document

Overview

Introduction

Benefits

Architecture

Technical Description Related Features

Network Impact

System Capacity

Network Performance

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting Parameters

Counters

Improved the unclear feature definition and

benefit

bull Improved add figures to rich the

technical description

bull Improved more Explicit description and

clearer application scenario

Improved more Practical Troubleshooting

Improved add alarm list

Improved more Valuable Data Preparation

Improved add the missing feature

monitoring

Feature Documentation

Feature Parameter Description

Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit

eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD

including the feature introduction benefits and architecture

improve the unclear definition and benefits

Feature Documentation

Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description

Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource

allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective

scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and

frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter

Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing

Feature Documentation

Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario

eRAN30

Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling

Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate

VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment

algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this

value

Vague description

Explicit description

bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10

bull Which scenarios apply this value

eRAN60

Feature Documentation

Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Valuable Data Preparation

Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter

Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give

more parameter setting advise help to decide that the

parameter is set small value or large value

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the

CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small

Feature Documentation

Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Practical Troubleshooting

Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter

Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual

field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some

fault

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not

guide the actual troubleshooting

Feature Documentation

Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated

Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN

Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add Alarm Lists

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting

New

Feature Documentation

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 6: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 6 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Continuous Feature-Oriented Improvements

Engineering Guidelines is added in Feature Parameter Description to describe how to PLAN DEPLOY and MAINTAIN features

Network Impact Report is added to describe the impact on the network of newmodified features Related Counter list is added in Feature Parameter Description

Feature delivered at 3 points (PDCP TR5 and GA) instead of 1 point previously

Feature information classified as a doc category

2008 2009

2011

2012

2010

Mapping of Feature ID to Feature Parameter Description is added Related Parameter lists are added in Feature Parameter Description

2013

License control item list is added in Feature Documentation Improving the descriptions about key feature algorithm Related alarm list is added in the troubleshooting chapter of Feature Parameter Description

Page 7 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2012 New Feature Engineering Guidelines

RF planning

Planning Suggestions

Plan the Feature Deploy the Feature Maintain the Feature

Network planning

Hardware planning

Hardware Adjustment

Data Preparation

Feature Activation

Reconfiguration

Feature Deactivation

Performance Monitoring

Parameter Optimization

Troubleshooting

Implemented in SRAN60 (GBSS130 RAN130 eRAN21) SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Feature Documentation

Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information

Action

bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature

New

Feature Documentation

Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference

About This Document

Overview

Introduction

Benefits

Architecture

Technical Description Related Features

Network Impact

System Capacity

Network Performance

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting Parameters

Counters

Improved the unclear feature definition and

benefit

bull Improved add figures to rich the

technical description

bull Improved more Explicit description and

clearer application scenario

Improved more Practical Troubleshooting

Improved add alarm list

Improved more Valuable Data Preparation

Improved add the missing feature

monitoring

Feature Documentation

Feature Parameter Description

Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit

eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD

including the feature introduction benefits and architecture

improve the unclear definition and benefits

Feature Documentation

Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description

Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource

allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective

scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and

frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter

Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing

Feature Documentation

Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario

eRAN30

Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling

Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate

VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment

algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this

value

Vague description

Explicit description

bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10

bull Which scenarios apply this value

eRAN60

Feature Documentation

Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Valuable Data Preparation

Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter

Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give

more parameter setting advise help to decide that the

parameter is set small value or large value

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the

CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small

Feature Documentation

Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Practical Troubleshooting

Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter

Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual

field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some

fault

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not

guide the actual troubleshooting

Feature Documentation

Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated

Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN

Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add Alarm Lists

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting

New

Feature Documentation

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 7: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 7 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2012 New Feature Engineering Guidelines

RF planning

Planning Suggestions

Plan the Feature Deploy the Feature Maintain the Feature

Network planning

Hardware planning

Hardware Adjustment

Data Preparation

Feature Activation

Reconfiguration

Feature Deactivation

Performance Monitoring

Parameter Optimization

Troubleshooting

Implemented in SRAN60 (GBSS130 RAN130 eRAN21) SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Feature Documentation

Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information

Action

bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature

New

Feature Documentation

Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference

About This Document

Overview

Introduction

Benefits

Architecture

Technical Description Related Features

Network Impact

System Capacity

Network Performance

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting Parameters

Counters

Improved the unclear feature definition and

benefit

bull Improved add figures to rich the

technical description

bull Improved more Explicit description and

clearer application scenario

Improved more Practical Troubleshooting

Improved add alarm list

Improved more Valuable Data Preparation

Improved add the missing feature

monitoring

Feature Documentation

Feature Parameter Description

Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit

eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD

including the feature introduction benefits and architecture

improve the unclear definition and benefits

Feature Documentation

Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description

Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource

allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective

scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and

frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter

Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing

Feature Documentation

Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario

eRAN30

Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling

Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate

VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment

algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this

value

Vague description

Explicit description

bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10

bull Which scenarios apply this value

eRAN60

Feature Documentation

Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Valuable Data Preparation

Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter

Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give

more parameter setting advise help to decide that the

parameter is set small value or large value

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the

CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small

Feature Documentation

Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Practical Troubleshooting

Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter

Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual

field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some

fault

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not

guide the actual troubleshooting

Feature Documentation

Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated

Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN

Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add Alarm Lists

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting

New

Feature Documentation

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 8: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information

Action

bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature

New

Feature Documentation

Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference

About This Document

Overview

Introduction

Benefits

Architecture

Technical Description Related Features

Network Impact

System Capacity

Network Performance

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting Parameters

Counters

Improved the unclear feature definition and

benefit

bull Improved add figures to rich the

technical description

bull Improved more Explicit description and

clearer application scenario

Improved more Practical Troubleshooting

Improved add alarm list

Improved more Valuable Data Preparation

Improved add the missing feature

monitoring

Feature Documentation

Feature Parameter Description

Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit

eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD

including the feature introduction benefits and architecture

improve the unclear definition and benefits

Feature Documentation

Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description

Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource

allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective

scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and

frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter

Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing

Feature Documentation

Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario

eRAN30

Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling

Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate

VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment

algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this

value

Vague description

Explicit description

bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10

bull Which scenarios apply this value

eRAN60

Feature Documentation

Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Valuable Data Preparation

Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter

Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give

more parameter setting advise help to decide that the

parameter is set small value or large value

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the

CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small

Feature Documentation

Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Practical Troubleshooting

Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter

Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual

field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some

fault

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not

guide the actual troubleshooting

Feature Documentation

Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated

Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN

Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add Alarm Lists

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting

New

Feature Documentation

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 9: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference

About This Document

Overview

Introduction

Benefits

Architecture

Technical Description Related Features

Network Impact

System Capacity

Network Performance

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting Parameters

Counters

Improved the unclear feature definition and

benefit

bull Improved add figures to rich the

technical description

bull Improved more Explicit description and

clearer application scenario

Improved more Practical Troubleshooting

Improved add alarm list

Improved more Valuable Data Preparation

Improved add the missing feature

monitoring

Feature Documentation

Feature Parameter Description

Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit

eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD

including the feature introduction benefits and architecture

improve the unclear definition and benefits

Feature Documentation

Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description

Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource

allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective

scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and

frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter

Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing

Feature Documentation

Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario

eRAN30

Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling

Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate

VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment

algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this

value

Vague description

Explicit description

bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10

bull Which scenarios apply this value

eRAN60

Feature Documentation

Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Valuable Data Preparation

Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter

Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give

more parameter setting advise help to decide that the

parameter is set small value or large value

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the

CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small

Feature Documentation

Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Practical Troubleshooting

Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter

Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual

field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some

fault

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not

guide the actual troubleshooting

Feature Documentation

Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated

Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN

Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add Alarm Lists

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting

New

Feature Documentation

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 10: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit

eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD

including the feature introduction benefits and architecture

improve the unclear definition and benefits

Feature Documentation

Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description

Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource

allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective

scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and

frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter

Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing

Feature Documentation

Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario

eRAN30

Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling

Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate

VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment

algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this

value

Vague description

Explicit description

bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10

bull Which scenarios apply this value

eRAN60

Feature Documentation

Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Valuable Data Preparation

Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter

Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give

more parameter setting advise help to decide that the

parameter is set small value or large value

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the

CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small

Feature Documentation

Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Practical Troubleshooting

Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter

Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual

field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some

fault

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not

guide the actual troubleshooting

Feature Documentation

Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated

Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN

Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add Alarm Lists

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting

New

Feature Documentation

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 11: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description

Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource

allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective

scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and

frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter

Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing

Feature Documentation

Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario

eRAN30

Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling

Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate

VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment

algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this

value

Vague description

Explicit description

bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10

bull Which scenarios apply this value

eRAN60

Feature Documentation

Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Valuable Data Preparation

Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter

Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give

more parameter setting advise help to decide that the

parameter is set small value or large value

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the

CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small

Feature Documentation

Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Practical Troubleshooting

Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter

Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual

field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some

fault

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not

guide the actual troubleshooting

Feature Documentation

Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated

Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN

Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add Alarm Lists

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting

New

Feature Documentation

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 12: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario

eRAN30

Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling

Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate

VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment

algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this

value

Vague description

Explicit description

bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10

bull Which scenarios apply this value

eRAN60

Feature Documentation

Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Valuable Data Preparation

Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter

Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give

more parameter setting advise help to decide that the

parameter is set small value or large value

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the

CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small

Feature Documentation

Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Practical Troubleshooting

Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter

Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual

field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some

fault

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not

guide the actual troubleshooting

Feature Documentation

Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated

Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN

Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add Alarm Lists

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting

New

Feature Documentation

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 13: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Valuable Data Preparation

Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter

Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give

more parameter setting advise help to decide that the

parameter is set small value or large value

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the

CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small

Feature Documentation

Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Practical Troubleshooting

Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter

Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual

field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some

fault

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not

guide the actual troubleshooting

Feature Documentation

Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated

Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN

Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add Alarm Lists

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting

New

Feature Documentation

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 14: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Practical Troubleshooting

Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter

Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual

field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some

fault

eRAN30

eRAN60

VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not

guide the actual troubleshooting

Feature Documentation

Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated

Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN

Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add Alarm Lists

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting

New

Feature Documentation

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 15: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated

Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN

Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add Alarm Lists

Engineering Guidelines

When to Use

Required Information

Planning Deployment

Performance Monitoring

Performance Optimization

Troubleshooting

New

Feature Documentation

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 16: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Page 16

Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement

Action

bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the

information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly

Implementation

Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented in eRAN60

Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement

New

Feature Documentation

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 17: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 18: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Non complete product spec and some information is missing

Action

bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Add More Information about Product Specification

New

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 19: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 1

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power

bull Dimension and weight

bull Surge protection specifications

bull Operating temperature and humidity

Technical Description

RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands

bull RX and TX Channels

bull Capacity

bull Receiver Sensitivity

bull Output Power

bull Power Consumption

bull Surge protection specifications

bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)

Technical Description

BBU specification

bull Capacity

bull Transmission specification

bull Signaling specification

CNBAP specification for NodeB

Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for

eNodeB

signaling specifications for multi-mode base station

bull Baseband specification

bull CPRI specification

bull BBU input power dimension and weight

Technical Description

Add reference to Hardware Description so

that all the specifications can be found in the

Technical Description now

New

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 20: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Base Station - 2

Specification Type Specification Position

BBU board specification

(NodeB)

bull Baseband specification

supported cells

CE

Uplink resource group

HSDPA codes

HSDPA users

HSUPA users

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

BBU board specification

(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification

Supported cells

RRC_connected users of LBBP

RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP

VoIP user per Cell of LBBP

Throughput

bull CPRI specification

port number

interface rate

supported cells

Hardware Description

New

New

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 21: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Specifications of Controller

Specification Type Specification Position

Cabinet engineering

specification

bull Input power and power consumption

bull Dimension and weight

bull Clock precision and accuracy

bull Operating temperature and humidity

bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)

Product Description

Controller capacity

specifications

bull BHCA

bull Traffic volume

bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)

bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)

bull Number of cells (for UMTS)

bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)

bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)

bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)

bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)

Product Description

Subrack specification

bull Dimension and weight

bull Power consumption Hardware Description

Board specifications bullHardware specifications

Power consumption

Dimension and weight

Operating temperature and humidity

bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as

Session setuprelease times

Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)

CS voice service

Maximum payload throughput

Hardware Description

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 22: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that

Action

bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide

Why

What

How

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 23: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 24: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information

Action

Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the

Commissioning Guide

Implementation

Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-12

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 25: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very

few information provided or which are not mentioned at all

Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network

including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Commissioning Guide Improvements-22

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 26: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 27: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW

Implementation

Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website

Implemented ineRAN60

New

New

New

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 28: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Documentation Improvement 2

Feature Documentation

Documents about Product Specification

Documents about Configuration

Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm

Documents about Commissioning

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 29: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse

Action

bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to

avoid the impact to your network

Implementation

Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter

New

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 30: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers

All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed

Action

bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to

use and configure reserved parameters

Implementation

Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly

Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

More Transparency of Reserved Parameter

New

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 31: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network

maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported

we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them

bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are

wasted the on way back to fetch those tools

bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately

bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment

are necessary

bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80

(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New tools and

equipment are

necessary for

onsite handling

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 32: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation

Page 32

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a

flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words

bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step

alarm handling instructions

bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added

bull More detailed instructions are provided

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150

eRAN60)

New

Flowchart

New Detailed

instructions

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 33: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description

Page 33

Voices of Customers Huawei Action

bull We want to learn about how alarms are

generated and how to clear them

bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation

mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences

and operations are added

bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

SRAN70 SRAN80

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 34: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Optimized Alarm Reference

Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal

25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal

25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

25880 Ethernet Link Fault

25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

25900 IP PM Activation Failure

25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

26102 ESN Read Failed

26242 Configuration File Damaged

26262 External Clock Reference Problem

26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low

26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced

26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected

28008 Radio Link Failure

28009 Carrier No Traffic

28010 Carrier Configuration Error

28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault

28203 Local Cell Unusable

28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

28209 Cell No Traffic

29240 Cell Unavailable

29243 Cell Capability Degraded

29247 Cell PCI Conflict

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 35: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

Customer Voice

Documentation Improvement 2

One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

4 How to Get Documentation

3

1

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 36: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these

documents are packaged in one documentation package

Change Reason

Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy

It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes

It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation

Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents

One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations

3900 Series GSM BTS Product

Documentation

3900 Series Base Station Product

Documentation

SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)

SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)

3900 Series WCDMA NodeB

Product Documentation

3900 Series LTE eNodeB

Product Documentation

MBTS

Product Documentation

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 37: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Content

How to Get Documentation 4

Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

Support Website

HedEx Lite

VIP Discussion

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 38: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded

Action

bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation

Implementation

Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)

New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT

M2000

LMT

1

Double click the hdxi file to download the product

documentation to your computer

Note You should have the account for support website

2

3

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 39: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through Navigation

1 After logging in to the

website select a product

from the homepage

2

3

Select a Document Type

Click a document to view it

online or download it

The default document type is

Product Documentation

You are suggested to

select HDX file from the

Product Documentation

Select a product

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 40: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function

A Enter keywords to search on the

homepage of the Support website Or

click the search button to enter the

Advanced Search page

B

C

Search from within a specific node

The scope of the search is limited to

the current node

Filter the search results to locate the

required document more efficiently

Search at the homepage

Search within a node

Filter the search results

Enter keywords

The search scope is the

current node

Filter by product or

document type

Submit your suggestions to

improve the search function

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 41: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Support Enhanced Website Online Functions

Online Browsing

Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it

Online Scoring

Customers can score the document according to their estimations

Online Feedback

Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly

HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 42: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite

HedEx Lite

Simple and easy

to use and require

no installation

Support quick

accurate and

comprehensive search

Centrally manage

Huawei product

documents

Convenient

comment function

Convenient

document feedback

function

Automatically

upgrade product

documents

HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx

Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents

Six convenient features of HedEx Lite

Download it from the homepage of the Support Website

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 43: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily

A Log in to HedEx Lite and download

the product documents in hdx format

through the online query function

B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new

version of an hdx document is released to

the Support Website HedEx Lite will

remind you to upgrade it

Online query and download

Automatic upgrade of product documents

Download

Support

HedEx

Lite

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 44: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally

Manage Huawei

hdx product

document centrally

Manage Huawei

product documents in

other formats centrally

Manage Huawei product documents in

the format of hdx by category

HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT

Support loading the following six

types of documents to HedEx

Lite for reading and searching

Load local documents delivered by Huawei

(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for

centralized management and use them

through Loading Local Folders

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 45: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

HedEx Lite Load Libraries

A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu

under the menu of HedEx Lite

B

Add a path of the hdx file through

HDX File Settings

Copy a file to the libraries folder

Add the path

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 46: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

VIP Discussion

TI Project-Wireless Product

+- HedEx Software

+- SRAN Documentation Guide

+- SingleRAN

+-WCDMA-RAN

+-GSM-BSS

+-LTE

+-Pre-sale Documentation

+-Feature Documentation

+-Product Documentation

+-NBI Documentation

+-OSS

VIP Service

httpsupporthuaweicom

VIP Principle

bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website

bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP

Universal Documentations are

released in support website

including

bullFeature Documentation

bull Product Documentation

bullNBI Documentation

Visit here to get the

latest version

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 47: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Thank you wwwhuaweicom

Better Documentation Better Communication

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 48: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Register and Create an Account in Three Steps

Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and

open a common user account

Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from

HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We

recommend that you register with your work email address

A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click

Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment

Customer so you can have access to all documents

If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the

homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account

If you register with your work email the system will automatically

approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment

Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button

If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your

upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee

Register

Upgrade

Approve

Work email address is only used by an internal employee of

a company and typically contains the domain name of the

company for instance xxxhuaweicom

If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is

still required to approve your account upgrade contact

supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 49: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations

2009 2010 2013 2012 2011

Pre-Sale Documentation

Product Documentation

Feature Document

Release Document

Test Document

NBI Document

Focus on Document Structure

Added Network Impact Report

Feature Activation Guide

Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD

Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such

as may may be etc

Added Spare Parts Catalog

Focus on Counters

Focus on Upgrading and OampM

Focus on Feature amp ParaMML

Focus on Specification amp Capacity

Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference

Extend flow chart in measurement units to the

counters

Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing

Delivered timely and integrally

Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data

Integrated Configuration Principle

Added License control item list related alarm list

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New

Page 50: eRAN6.0 Documentation Improvement

Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD

Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter

Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference

Add Reason

Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily

Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference

+- NodeB MML Command Reference

+- eNodeB MML Command Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference

+- NodeB Parameter Reference

+- eNodeB Parameter Reference

+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls

+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls

+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference

+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference

+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference

New

+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference

+- NodeB Alarm Reference

+- eNodeB Alarm Reference

+- GBTS Alarm Reference

New